1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
3 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 #include "safe-ctype.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
33 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
34 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
36 struct elf_info_failed
38 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
39 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
43 /* This structure is used to pass information to
44 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
46 struct elf_find_verdep_info
48 /* General link information. */
49 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
50 /* The number of dependencies. */
52 /* Whether we had a failure. */
56 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
57 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
59 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
61 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
62 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
63 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
67 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
68 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
69 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
71 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
74 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
75 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
76 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
77 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
78 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
82 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
84 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
87 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
90 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
92 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
93 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
98 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
102 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
104 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
106 /* This function may be called more than once. */
107 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
108 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
111 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
113 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
114 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
115 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
116 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
123 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
125 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
129 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
131 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
133 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
134 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
139 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
140 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
142 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
144 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
145 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
146 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
147 a global offset table. */
148 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
149 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
150 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
158 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
160 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
162 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
164 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
165 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
166 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
168 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
170 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
171 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
177 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
178 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
179 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
180 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
181 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
182 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
185 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
188 register asection
*s
;
189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
191 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
194 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
197 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
200 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
201 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
203 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
205 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
206 shared library does not. */
207 if (info
->executable
)
209 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
210 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
215 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
216 if they are not needed. */
217 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
218 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
220 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
223 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
224 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
226 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
229 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
230 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
232 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
235 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
236 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
238 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
241 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
242 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
246 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
248 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
251 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
252 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
253 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
254 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
255 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
256 to decide how to initialize the process. */
257 if (!_bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC"))
262 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash", flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
264 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
266 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
269 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
271 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
272 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
274 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
276 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
277 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
278 variable count of 32-bit words. */
279 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
280 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
282 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
285 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
286 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
287 the .got and .plt sections. */
288 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
291 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
296 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
299 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
301 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
302 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
304 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
305 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
307 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
308 .rel[a].bss sections. */
309 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
312 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
313 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
314 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
315 to read in from the object file. */
316 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
318 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
319 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
320 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
322 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
324 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
328 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
330 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
332 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
333 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
334 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
339 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
340 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
341 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
342 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
344 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
348 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
351 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
353 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
354 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
355 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
356 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
357 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
358 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
359 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
361 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
365 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
366 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
367 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
368 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
369 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
370 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
371 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
372 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
373 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
374 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
378 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
379 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
380 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
381 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
383 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
391 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
392 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
393 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
394 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
395 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
396 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
400 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
401 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
403 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
405 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
410 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
411 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
412 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
413 this would not be necessary. */
414 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
418 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
419 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
422 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
430 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
431 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
433 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
436 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
437 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
442 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
444 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
445 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
447 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
448 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
449 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
450 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
451 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
454 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
459 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
461 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
467 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
470 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
472 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
474 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
476 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
477 if(h
->dynamic
|| info
->relocatable
)
480 if ((info
->dynamic_data
481 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
483 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)))
485 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
486 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
490 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
491 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
494 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
495 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
500 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
501 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
502 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
504 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
507 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
508 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
512 switch (h
->root
.type
)
514 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
515 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
516 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
518 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
519 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
520 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
521 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
522 may depend on this. */
523 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
524 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
525 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
527 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
528 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
531 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
532 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
533 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
534 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
536 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
537 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
538 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
539 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
541 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
542 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
543 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
544 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
546 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
551 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
552 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
553 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
554 force the correct value. */
558 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
560 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
561 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
562 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
563 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
567 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
571 if (provide
&& hidden
)
573 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
575 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
576 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
579 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
581 if (!info
->relocatable
583 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
584 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
590 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
593 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
596 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
597 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
598 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
599 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
600 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
602 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
610 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
611 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
612 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
615 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
620 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
621 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
622 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
623 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
625 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
626 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
628 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
631 /* See if the entry exists already. */
632 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
633 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
636 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
637 entry
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
641 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
642 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
643 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
645 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
649 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
650 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
654 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
655 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
657 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
658 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
659 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
664 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
665 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
666 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
668 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
671 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
672 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
677 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
678 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
680 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
682 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
684 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
685 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
686 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
687 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
690 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
692 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
694 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
699 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
702 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
706 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
708 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
709 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
714 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
715 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
716 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
719 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
722 size_t *count
= data
;
724 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
725 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
730 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
731 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
737 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
738 STB_LOCAL binding. */
741 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
744 size_t *count
= data
;
746 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
747 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
749 if (!h
->forced_local
)
752 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
753 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
758 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
759 omitted when creating a shared library. */
761 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
762 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
765 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
767 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
771 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
772 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
774 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
775 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
778 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
779 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
781 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
782 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
783 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
787 if (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
788 && (ip
= bfd_get_section_by_name (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
789 && (ip
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
790 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
795 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
796 against any other section. */
802 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
803 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
804 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
805 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
809 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
810 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
811 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
813 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
815 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
817 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
819 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
820 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
821 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
822 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
823 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
825 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
827 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
829 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
830 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
833 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
835 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
836 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
837 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
840 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
841 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
844 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
845 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
846 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
847 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
850 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
854 /* Merge st_other field. */
857 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
858 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, bfd_boolean definition
,
861 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
863 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
864 code might be needed here. We never merge the visibility
865 attribute with the one from a dynamic object. */
866 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
867 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
870 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has requested
871 we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
875 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
876 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
877 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
878 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
880 if (!dynamic
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != 0)
882 unsigned char hvis
, symvis
, other
, nvis
;
884 /* Only merge the visibility. Leave the remainder of the
885 st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
886 other
= h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
888 /* Combine visibilities, using the most constraining one. */
889 hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
890 symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
896 nvis
= hvis
< symvis
? hvis
: symvis
;
898 h
->other
= other
| nvis
;
902 /* This function is called when we want to define a new symbol. It
903 handles the various cases which arise when we find a definition in
904 a dynamic object, or when there is already a definition in a
905 dynamic object. The new symbol is described by NAME, SYM, PSEC,
906 and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table entry. We set
907 OVERRIDE if the old symbol is overriding a new definition. We set
908 TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the type to change. We set
909 SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size to change. By OK to
910 change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the type or size does
911 change. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT if an old common symbol in a dynamic
912 object is overridden by a regular object. */
915 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
916 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
918 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
921 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
924 bfd_boolean
*override
,
925 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
926 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
928 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
930 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
933 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
934 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
935 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
941 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
943 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's no way to
944 combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block for this executable. */
945 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
946 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
952 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
953 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
955 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
956 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
961 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
963 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
964 if we are doing an ELF link. */
965 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
968 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. */
970 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
971 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
972 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
974 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
975 refereences and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
977 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
979 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
980 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
981 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
983 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
989 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
992 switch (h
->root
.type
)
999 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1000 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1001 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1005 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1006 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1007 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1008 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1011 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1012 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1013 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1017 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1018 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1019 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1020 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1021 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1022 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1024 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1025 || !h
->def_regular
))
1028 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1029 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1031 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1035 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1036 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1038 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1039 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1040 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1043 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1044 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1046 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1048 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1049 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1050 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1052 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1053 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1055 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1056 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1058 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1059 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1061 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
1062 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
1063 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. We only do it
1064 if the existing regular definition won't be dynamic. */
1065 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1067 && !info
->export_dynamic
1072 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1073 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1074 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1075 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1076 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1082 /* Check TLS symbol. We don't check undefined symbol introduced by
1084 if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1085 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1089 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1090 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1092 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1112 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1113 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1114 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1115 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1116 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1117 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1118 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1120 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1121 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1122 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1124 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1125 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1126 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1128 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1132 /* We need to remember if a symbol has a definition in a dynamic
1133 object or is weak in all dynamic objects. Internal and hidden
1134 visibility will make it unavailable to dynamic objects. */
1135 if (newdyn
&& !h
->dynamic_def
)
1137 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1141 /* Check if this symbol is weak in all dynamic objects. If it
1142 is the first time we see it in a dynamic object, we mark
1143 if it is weak. Otherwise, we clear it. */
1144 if (!h
->ref_dynamic
)
1146 if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
1147 h
->dynamic_weak
= 1;
1149 else if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1150 h
->dynamic_weak
= 0;
1154 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1155 definition from a dynamic object. */
1157 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1158 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1161 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1163 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1164 recorded as dynamic.
1166 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1167 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1168 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1173 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1176 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1177 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1178 object, we remove the old definition. */
1179 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1181 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1182 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1183 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1184 was referenced before. */
1187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
1188 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1189 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*vh
= *sym_hash
;
1190 vh
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1191 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1192 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, vh
, h
);
1193 /* Protected symbols will override the dynamic definition
1194 with default version. */
1195 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1197 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) vh
;
1198 vh
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1199 vh
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1203 h
->root
.type
= vh
->root
.type
;
1204 vh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
1205 /* We have to hide it here since it was made dynamic
1206 global with extra bits when the symbol info was
1207 copied from the old dynamic definition. */
1208 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, vh
, TRUE
);
1216 if ((h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1217 && bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1219 /* If the new symbol is undefined and the old symbol was
1220 also undefined before, we need to make sure
1221 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol doesn't mess
1222 up the linker hash table undefs list. Since the old
1223 definition came from a dynamic object, it is still on the
1225 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1226 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1230 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1231 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1240 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1246 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1247 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1248 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1249 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1251 if (bind
== STB_GNU_UNIQUE
)
1252 h
->unique_global
= 1;
1254 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1255 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1256 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1257 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1258 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1259 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1260 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1262 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1263 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1265 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1267 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1270 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1271 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1272 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1274 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1275 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1276 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1281 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1282 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1284 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1285 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1288 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1289 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1291 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1292 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1293 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1294 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1295 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1296 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1297 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1298 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1299 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1300 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1301 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1304 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1305 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1307 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1308 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1309 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1310 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1311 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1317 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1318 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1321 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1323 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1327 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1329 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1330 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1333 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1335 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1337 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1338 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1339 if (bed
->merge_symbol
1340 && !bed
->merge_symbol (info
, sym_hash
, h
, sym
, psec
, pvalue
,
1341 pold_alignment
, skip
, override
,
1342 type_change_ok
, size_change_ok
,
1343 &newdyn
, &newdef
, &newdyncommon
, &newweak
,
1345 &olddyn
, &olddef
, &olddyncommon
, &oldweak
,
1349 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1350 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1355 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1357 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1358 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1359 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1360 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1361 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1363 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1364 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1365 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1368 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1369 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1371 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1374 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1375 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1376 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1377 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1378 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1379 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1381 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1382 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1383 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1384 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1385 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1386 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1391 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1392 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1396 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1398 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1399 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1401 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1402 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1403 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1404 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1405 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1407 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1408 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1411 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1412 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1413 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1414 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1418 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1422 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1423 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1424 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1425 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1428 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1429 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1433 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1434 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1436 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1437 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1438 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1442 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1447 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1448 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1449 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1450 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1451 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1453 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1454 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1455 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1460 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1461 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1466 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1467 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1470 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1471 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1472 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1475 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1477 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1478 overriding a function. */
1480 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1484 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1485 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1488 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1490 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1493 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1496 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1497 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1498 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1499 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1502 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1503 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1504 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1505 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1506 in the shared library. */
1509 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1512 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1513 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1514 or the alignment. */
1515 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1516 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1517 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1520 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1521 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1523 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1526 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1527 in the dynamic object. */
1528 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1529 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1532 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1534 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1535 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1537 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1538 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1540 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1543 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1548 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1549 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1550 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1551 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1552 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1553 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1554 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1555 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1556 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1560 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1567 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1568 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1569 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, PSEC, VALUE, and OVERRIDE. We
1570 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1573 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1574 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1575 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1577 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1580 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
,
1581 bfd_boolean override
)
1583 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1584 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1587 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1588 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1589 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1590 bfd_boolean collect
;
1591 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1593 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1596 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1597 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1598 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1599 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1600 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1601 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1606 /* We are overridden by an old definition. We need to check if we
1607 need to create the indirect symbol from the default name. */
1608 hi
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
,
1610 BFD_ASSERT (hi
!= NULL
);
1613 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1614 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1616 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1622 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1623 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1624 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1626 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1627 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1628 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1630 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1631 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1633 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1634 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1635 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1636 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1637 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1638 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1640 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1641 NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1642 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1651 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1652 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1653 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1655 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1659 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1660 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1661 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1662 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1663 name, and it is the default version.
1665 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1666 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1667 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1669 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1670 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1671 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1672 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1673 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1674 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1675 definition in the regular object. */
1677 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1678 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1679 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1681 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1682 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1686 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1690 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1695 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1696 other fields correctly. */
1700 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1701 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1702 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1704 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1705 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1706 the user in that case. */
1708 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1710 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1712 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1713 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1715 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1727 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1733 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1737 len
= strlen (name
);
1738 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1739 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1741 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1742 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1744 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1745 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1746 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1748 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1749 NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1750 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1758 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1759 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1760 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1761 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1762 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1763 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1764 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1770 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1771 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1772 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1774 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1776 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1777 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1778 to the user in that case. */
1780 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1782 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1784 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1796 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1806 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1807 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1810 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1812 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
1814 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1815 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1818 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1819 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1822 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1823 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1825 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1831 if (eif
->verdefs
== NULL
1832 || (bfd_find_version_for_sym (eif
->verdefs
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
)
1835 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1846 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1847 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1848 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1849 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1852 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1855 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= data
;
1856 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1857 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1860 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1861 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1863 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1868 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
1871 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1872 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1876 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1879 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1880 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1886 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1891 t
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1894 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1898 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1899 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1900 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1904 a
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1907 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1911 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1912 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1913 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1915 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1917 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1918 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1920 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1923 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1930 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1931 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1932 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1933 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1936 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1938 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
1939 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1940 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1941 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1948 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1949 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1951 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1954 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1957 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1961 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1963 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1966 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
1967 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1968 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1970 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1975 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1976 not a hidden symbol. */
1978 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1984 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1992 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1993 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1995 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1999 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2001 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2002 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
);
2005 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2008 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2009 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2010 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2011 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2013 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2017 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2018 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2020 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2022 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2024 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2027 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2028 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2036 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2037 version node for this version. */
2038 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
2040 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2043 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2044 to worry about it. */
2045 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2049 t
= bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2052 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2057 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2061 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2062 if (sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
2064 for (pp
= &sinfo
->verdefs
; *pp
!= NULL
; pp
= &(*pp
)->next
)
2066 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2070 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2074 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2075 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2076 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2077 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2078 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2079 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2080 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2088 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2090 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
)
2094 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->verdefs
,
2095 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2096 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2097 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2103 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2104 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2105 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2106 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2107 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2108 relocations should be stored.
2110 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2113 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2115 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2116 void *external_relocs
,
2117 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2119 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2120 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2121 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2122 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2123 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2124 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2127 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2128 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2131 /* Read the relocations. */
2132 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2135 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2136 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2138 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2140 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2141 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2142 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2143 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2144 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2147 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2151 erela
= external_relocs
;
2152 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2153 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2154 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2158 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2159 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2160 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2164 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2166 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2167 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2168 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2170 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2175 else if (r_symndx
!= 0)
2177 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2178 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2179 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2181 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2185 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2186 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2192 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2193 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2194 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2195 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2196 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2197 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2198 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2199 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2200 REL_HDR2 relocations. */
2203 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2205 void *external_relocs
,
2206 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2207 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2209 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2210 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2211 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2212 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2214 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
2215 return elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
;
2217 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2220 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
2222 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2226 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2227 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2229 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2231 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2232 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2236 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2238 bfd_size_type size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
2240 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
)
2241 size
+= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_size
;
2242 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2245 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2248 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, rel_hdr
,
2252 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
2253 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section
2255 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
2256 ((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
) + rel_hdr
->sh_size
,
2257 internal_relocs
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
)
2258 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))))
2261 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2263 elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2268 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2269 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2271 return internal_relocs
;
2279 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2286 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2287 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2290 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2291 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2294 bfd_size_type reloc_count
;
2295 bfd_size_type num_rel_hashes
;
2297 /* Figure out how many relocations there will be. */
2298 if (rel_hdr
== &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
)
2299 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
;
2301 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
;
2303 num_rel_hashes
= o
->reloc_count
;
2304 if (num_rel_hashes
< reloc_count
)
2305 num_rel_hashes
= reloc_count
;
2307 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2308 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reloc_count
;
2310 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2311 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2312 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2313 we zero the allocated space. */
2314 rel_hdr
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2315 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2318 /* We only allocate one set of hash entries, so we only do it the
2319 first time we are called. */
2320 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
== NULL
2323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2325 p
= bfd_zmalloc (num_rel_hashes
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2329 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
= p
;
2335 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2336 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2340 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2341 asection
*input_section
,
2342 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2343 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2344 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2347 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2348 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*output_rel_hdr
;
2351 asection
*output_section
;
2352 unsigned int *rel_countp
= NULL
;
2353 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2354 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2356 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2357 output_rel_hdr
= NULL
;
2359 if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
2360 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2362 output_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
2363 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
2365 else if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
2366 && (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
2367 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
))
2369 output_rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
2370 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
;
2374 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2375 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2376 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2381 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2382 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2383 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2384 else if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2385 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2389 erel
= output_rel_hdr
->contents
;
2390 erel
+= *rel_countp
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2391 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2392 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2393 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2394 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2396 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2397 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2398 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2401 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2403 *rel_countp
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2408 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2411 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2412 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2416 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2417 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2422 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2423 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2424 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2425 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2426 the face of future changes. */
2429 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2430 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2432 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2434 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2435 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2436 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2437 an ELF dynamic object. */
2440 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2441 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2443 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2444 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2447 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2451 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2452 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2453 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2456 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2462 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2466 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2475 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2476 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2477 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2478 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2479 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2480 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2481 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2482 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2484 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2485 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2486 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2487 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2488 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2492 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2493 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2494 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2495 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2498 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2499 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2500 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2501 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2502 flag will not have been set. */
2503 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2507 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2510 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2511 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2512 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2513 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2514 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2515 will force it local. */
2517 && eif
->info
->shared
2518 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2519 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2520 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2523 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2525 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2526 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2527 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2530 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2531 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2532 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2533 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2534 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2536 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2537 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2538 over to the real definition. */
2539 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2541 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
;
2543 weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2544 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2545 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2547 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2548 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2549 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2551 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2552 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2553 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2554 if (weakdef
->def_regular
)
2555 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2558 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2559 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2560 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2567 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2568 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2572 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2574 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
2576 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2578 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2581 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2583 h
->got
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_got_offset
;
2584 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2586 /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2587 entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2588 symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
2589 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2592 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2593 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2596 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2597 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2600 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2601 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2602 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2603 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2604 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2605 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2606 referenced by another one? */
2611 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2613 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2617 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2618 can happen via a recursive call. */
2619 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2622 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2623 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2624 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2625 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2626 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2628 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2629 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2630 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2631 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2633 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2634 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2635 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2636 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2637 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2638 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2639 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2642 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2643 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2644 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2645 extern int timezone;
2647 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2648 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2649 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2650 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2651 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2652 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2653 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2654 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2656 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2658 /* If we get to this point, we know there is an implicit
2659 reference by a regular object file via the weak symbol H.
2660 FIXME: Is this really true? What if the traversal finds
2661 H->U.WEAKDEF before it finds H? */
2662 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2664 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2668 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2669 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2670 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2671 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2672 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2674 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2676 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2677 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2678 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2680 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2681 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2683 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2692 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2696 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2699 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2701 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2703 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2704 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2705 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2706 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2707 for the minimum alignment. */
2708 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2709 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2710 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2716 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2719 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2720 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2725 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2726 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2728 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2729 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2730 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2732 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2733 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2738 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2739 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2742 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2746 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2747 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2749 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2750 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2751 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2752 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2754 bfd
*output_bfd
= data
;
2756 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2757 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2758 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2759 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2760 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2766 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2767 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2768 considered to bind dynamically. */
2771 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2772 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2773 bfd_boolean ignore_protected
)
2775 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2776 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2777 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2782 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2783 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2784 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2786 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2787 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2789 if (h
->forced_local
)
2792 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2793 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2794 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
);
2796 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2803 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2804 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2807 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2809 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2810 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2811 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2812 if (!ignore_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2813 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2820 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2821 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2824 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2825 us that it remains local. */
2826 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2829 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2830 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2831 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2832 undefined symbols and weak symbols. */
2835 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2836 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2837 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2839 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2840 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2842 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2846 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2847 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2848 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2851 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2852 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2853 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2855 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2856 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2857 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2860 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2861 if (h
->forced_local
)
2864 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2865 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2868 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2869 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2870 shared libraries. */
2871 if (info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
2874 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2875 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2876 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2879 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2880 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2883 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2885 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2886 if (!bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2889 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2890 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols, even when we know that the
2891 dynamic linker will resolve them locally. */
2892 return local_protected
;
2895 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2896 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2898 struct bfd_section
*
2899 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2901 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2902 unsigned int align
= 0;
2904 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2905 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2909 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2910 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2911 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2913 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2915 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2916 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2918 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2923 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2925 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2926 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2928 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2930 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2931 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2932 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2935 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2936 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2937 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
2940 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2941 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2944 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2945 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2946 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2949 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2950 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2951 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2952 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2954 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2956 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2957 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2958 in the same way that it used to do. */
2964 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2965 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2966 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2968 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2970 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2971 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2972 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2973 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2974 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2975 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2976 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2979 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2983 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2986 /* If we have already included the element containing this symbol in the
2987 link then we do not need to include it again. Just claim that any symbol
2988 it contains is not a definition, so that our caller will not decide to
2989 (re)include this element. */
2990 if (abfd
->archive_pass
)
2993 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2994 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2995 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2997 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2999 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3001 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3002 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3003 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3005 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3010 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3011 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3014 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3017 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3018 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3020 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3023 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3025 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3029 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3034 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3036 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3046 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3049 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3053 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3054 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3056 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3057 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3058 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3060 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3061 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3064 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3065 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3066 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3068 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3069 newcontents
= bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3070 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3074 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3075 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3078 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3083 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3084 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3085 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3088 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3089 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3093 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3094 bfd_size_type oldsize
;
3095 bfd_size_type strindex
;
3097 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3100 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3101 oldsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
);
3102 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3103 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3106 if (oldsize
== _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
))
3109 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3112 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3113 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3115 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3116 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3117 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3119 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3121 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3122 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3123 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3125 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3133 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3136 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3140 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3141 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3147 on_needed_list (const char *soname
, struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
)
3149 for (; needed
!= NULL
; needed
= needed
->next
)
3150 if (strcmp (soname
, needed
->name
) == 0)
3156 /* Sort symbol by value and section. */
3158 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3160 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3161 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3162 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3164 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3165 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3166 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3168 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3171 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3173 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3178 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3179 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3182 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3184 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= data
;
3186 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3187 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3189 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3190 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3194 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3198 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3200 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3201 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3202 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3203 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3206 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3209 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3210 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3212 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3213 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3214 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3216 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3217 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3218 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3219 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3221 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3223 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3227 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3235 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3240 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3243 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3244 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3245 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3246 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3248 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3249 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3251 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3252 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3257 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3258 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3260 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3264 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3266 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3267 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3269 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3271 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3272 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3273 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3275 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3276 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3277 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3280 while (def
.vd_next
);
3283 /* Adjust version references. */
3284 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3289 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3290 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3292 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3296 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3298 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3299 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3300 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3301 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3302 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3304 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3305 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3306 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3308 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3310 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3311 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3314 while (need
.vn_next
);
3320 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3321 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3325 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3326 const bfd_target
*output
)
3328 return input
== output
;
3331 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3332 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3333 are virtually identical. */
3336 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3337 const bfd_target
*output
)
3339 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3341 if (input
== output
)
3344 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3345 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3347 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3350 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3351 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3354 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3357 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3359 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3360 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3361 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3362 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3363 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3364 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3365 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3366 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3367 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3368 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3370 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3371 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3372 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3373 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3374 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3375 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3376 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3378 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3379 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3380 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3381 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3382 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3385 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3386 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3387 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3389 size_t hashsize
= 0;
3391 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3392 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3394 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3400 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3401 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3402 the format of the output file. */
3403 if (info
->relocatable
3404 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3405 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3407 if (info
->relocatable
)
3408 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3410 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3415 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3416 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3417 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3418 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3419 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3420 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3421 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3422 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3423 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3424 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3426 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3427 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3428 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3429 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3430 if (info
->executable
)
3434 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3438 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3439 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3444 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3446 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3447 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3448 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3449 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3450 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3451 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3452 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3453 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3459 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3461 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3463 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3464 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3466 /* We don't want to issue this warning. Clobber
3467 the section size so that the warning does not
3468 get copied into the output file. */
3475 msg
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3479 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3484 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3485 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3486 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3489 if (! info
->relocatable
)
3491 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3492 not get copied into the output file. */
3495 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3496 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3497 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3506 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3507 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3508 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3509 format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
3510 format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */
3512 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3513 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3514 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3516 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3520 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3525 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3526 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3529 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3530 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3531 if ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3532 && s
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3535 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3536 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3537 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3538 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3539 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3540 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3542 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3543 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3544 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3546 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3551 unsigned int elfsec
;
3552 unsigned long shlink
;
3554 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3561 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3562 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3563 goto error_free_dyn
;
3564 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3566 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3567 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3568 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3570 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3572 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3573 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3575 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3576 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3578 goto error_free_dyn
;
3580 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3582 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3584 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3586 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3587 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3588 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3589 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3590 goto error_free_dyn
;
3591 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3592 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3594 goto error_free_dyn
;
3595 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3599 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3603 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3605 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3607 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3609 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3610 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3611 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3612 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3613 goto error_free_dyn
;
3614 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3615 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3617 goto error_free_dyn
;
3618 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3622 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3628 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3629 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3631 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3633 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3635 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3636 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3637 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3638 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3639 goto error_free_dyn
;
3640 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3641 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3643 goto error_free_dyn
;
3644 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3659 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3660 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3666 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3667 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3672 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3673 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3674 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3675 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3676 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3677 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3679 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3681 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3682 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3683 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3684 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3686 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3688 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3689 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3690 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3693 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3694 will need to know it. */
3695 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3697 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3701 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3702 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3703 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3708 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3709 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3710 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3711 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3713 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3714 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3716 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3718 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3720 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3721 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3723 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3725 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3730 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3731 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3735 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3737 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3739 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3742 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
3744 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3745 sym_hash
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3746 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3747 goto error_free_sym
;
3748 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3753 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3754 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3755 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3756 goto error_free_sym
;
3758 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3759 to internal format. */
3760 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3762 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3764 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3765 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3766 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3767 goto error_free_sym
;
3768 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3769 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3770 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3771 goto error_free_vers
;
3775 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3776 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3777 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3778 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3783 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3785 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3786 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3788 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3790 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3791 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3792 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3793 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3797 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3798 hashsize
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3799 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
+ hashsize
);
3800 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3801 goto error_free_vers
;
3803 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3804 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3805 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3806 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3807 goto error_free_vers
;
3809 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3810 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3811 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
3813 goto error_free_vers
;
3815 /* Clone the symbol table and sym hashes. Remember some
3816 pointers into the symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3817 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3818 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
3819 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3820 memcpy (old_hash
, sym_hash
, hashsize
);
3821 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3822 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3823 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3824 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3825 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3826 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3828 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3830 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3831 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3833 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3835 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3836 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3837 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3838 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3840 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3841 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3848 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3849 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3851 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3855 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3858 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3859 bfd_boolean definition
;
3860 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3861 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3862 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3863 bfd_boolean override
;
3865 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3870 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3872 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3874 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3876 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3880 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3881 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3882 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3887 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3895 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
3896 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
3900 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3904 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3905 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3906 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3907 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3908 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3910 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3911 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3912 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3913 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3917 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3919 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3920 else if (sec
->kept_section
)
3922 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
3924 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3925 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3927 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3931 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3934 goto error_free_vers
;
3936 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3937 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3938 && !info
->relocatable
)
3940 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3944 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon",
3947 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3948 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
));
3950 goto error_free_vers
;
3954 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3956 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3958 goto error_free_vers
;
3960 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3961 should be skipped for some reason. */
3966 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3969 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3970 goto error_free_vers
;
3973 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3974 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3979 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3980 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3985 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3987 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3988 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3993 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3994 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3995 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4000 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4002 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4004 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4005 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4006 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4007 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4008 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4009 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4011 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4012 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4015 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4018 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4020 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4022 else if (vernum
> 1)
4024 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4030 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4031 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4033 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4034 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4035 goto error_free_vers
;
4040 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4041 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4042 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4044 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4047 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4051 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4053 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4055 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4057 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4066 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4067 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4068 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4069 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4070 goto error_free_vers
;
4074 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4075 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4076 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4077 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4078 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4081 newname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4082 if (newname
== NULL
)
4083 goto error_free_vers
;
4084 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4085 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4087 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4088 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4089 default version of the symbol. */
4090 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4091 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4093 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4098 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
,
4099 &value
, &old_alignment
,
4100 sym_hash
, &skip
, &override
,
4101 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
4102 goto error_free_vers
;
4111 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4112 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4113 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4115 /* Remember the old alignment if this is a common symbol, so
4116 that we don't reduce the alignment later on. We can't
4117 check later, because _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4118 will set a default for the alignment which we want to
4119 override. We also remember the old bfd where the existing
4120 definition comes from. */
4121 switch (h
->root
.type
)
4126 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
4127 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
4128 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
4131 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
4132 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
4133 old_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4137 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4141 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4144 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4145 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4146 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4147 goto error_free_vers
;
4150 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4151 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4152 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4155 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4157 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4160 && (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0
4161 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4162 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4163 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4165 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4166 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4167 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4168 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4169 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4170 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4171 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4172 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4173 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4174 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4175 definition anyhow. */
4177 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4182 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4183 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4184 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4189 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4192 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4193 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4194 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4196 if (align
> old_alignment
4197 /* Permit an alignment power of zero if an alignment of one
4198 is specified and no other alignments have been specified. */
4199 || (isym
->st_value
== 1 && old_alignment
== 0))
4200 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4202 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4205 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4209 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4210 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4211 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4212 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4213 alignment is maintained. */
4214 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4215 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4217 unsigned int common_align
;
4218 unsigned int normal_align
;
4219 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4223 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4224 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4225 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4227 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4228 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4229 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4232 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4236 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4237 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4242 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4244 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4247 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4249 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4250 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4251 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4252 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B"
4253 " is greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4254 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4255 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4257 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4258 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4259 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4260 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4261 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4265 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4266 if ((isym
->st_size
!= 0 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4267 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4270 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4271 && ! size_change_ok
)
4272 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4273 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4274 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4276 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4277 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4279 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4282 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4283 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4284 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4285 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4286 covered by --warn-common. Allow changed between different
4288 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4289 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4291 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4292 && (definition
|| h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4294 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4296 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4298 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4299 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4302 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4304 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4305 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4306 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4307 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4308 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4314 /* Merge st_other field. */
4315 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, definition
, dynamic
);
4317 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4318 reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of
4319 the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol
4320 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4321 object and a shared object. */
4328 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4329 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4341 if (! info
->executable
4354 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4356 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1))
4360 if (definition
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) && !info
->relocatable
)
4362 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4363 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4367 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4368 the default name. */
4369 if (definition
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4370 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4371 &sec
, &value
, &dynsym
,
4373 goto error_free_vers
;
4375 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4377 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4378 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4380 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4381 aliases can be checked. */
4384 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4385 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4386 nondeflt_vers
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4388 goto error_free_vers
;
4390 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4394 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4396 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4397 goto error_free_vers
;
4398 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4400 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4402 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4403 goto error_free_vers
;
4406 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4407 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4408 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4410 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4414 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4424 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4425 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
), htab
->needed
))))
4428 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4430 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4431 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4432 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4433 --no-add-needed is used. */
4434 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4436 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4437 (_("%s: invalid DSO for symbol `%s' definition"),
4439 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4440 goto error_free_vers
;
4443 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) &= ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
;
4446 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4448 goto error_free_vers
;
4450 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4455 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4461 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4467 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4471 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4472 if (bed
->as_needed_cleanup
)
4473 (*bed
->as_needed_cleanup
) (abfd
, info
);
4474 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4475 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
4476 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4477 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4478 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4479 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4480 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4481 memcpy (sym_hash
, old_hash
, hashsize
);
4482 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4483 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4484 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4486 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4487 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4489 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4491 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4492 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4493 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4494 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
)
4495 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4497 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4498 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4499 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4500 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4502 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4503 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4508 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4509 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4510 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4512 goto error_free_vers
;
4515 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4517 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4518 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4522 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4524 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4526 goto error_free_vers
;
4531 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4532 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4533 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4535 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4537 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4540 char *shortname
, *p
;
4542 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4544 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4545 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4548 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4549 shortname
= bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4551 goto error_free_vers
;
4552 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4553 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4555 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4556 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4557 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4559 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4560 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4561 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4563 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4564 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4565 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4566 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4567 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4569 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4570 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4572 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4578 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4579 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4582 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4583 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4584 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4585 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4586 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4587 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4588 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4589 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4590 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4591 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4592 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4593 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4597 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4598 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4599 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4600 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4603 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4604 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4605 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4606 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4607 sorted_sym_hash
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4608 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4610 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4611 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4612 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4614 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4618 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4619 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4627 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4628 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4631 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4633 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4640 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4641 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4643 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4644 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4645 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4646 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4647 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4648 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4655 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4657 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4658 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4665 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4678 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4682 for (i
= ilook
; i
< sym_count
; i
++)
4684 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[i
];
4686 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4687 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
4688 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
)
4690 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4692 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4694 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4695 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4697 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4699 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4702 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4707 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4708 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4709 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4710 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4711 real definition and the weak definition. */
4712 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4714 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4715 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
4722 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4725 if (bed
->check_directives
4726 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
4729 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4730 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4733 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4734 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4735 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4736 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4737 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4738 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4739 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4740 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4741 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4742 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4744 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4745 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4747 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4748 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
4749 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
4753 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4755 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4758 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4759 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4760 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4761 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4762 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4765 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4767 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4770 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4772 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4773 free (internal_relocs
);
4780 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4781 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4783 && ! info
->traditional_format
4784 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4785 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4789 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4790 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4792 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4795 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4796 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
4797 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4798 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4799 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4800 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4802 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4804 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4805 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4806 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4809 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4810 stab
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4815 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4817 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4818 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4820 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4824 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4831 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4833 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4834 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4835 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4838 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4844 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4845 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4847 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4848 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4849 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4852 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4856 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4860 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4861 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4862 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4863 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4865 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4866 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4869 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4870 len
= strlen (name
);
4871 copy
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4873 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4875 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4876 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4877 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4879 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4882 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4884 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4885 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4886 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4889 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4893 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4894 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
4895 problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
4896 archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
4897 symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
4898 object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
4899 as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
4900 consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
4901 symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
4902 this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
4903 any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
4904 UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
4905 bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
4906 archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
4907 precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
4909 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4910 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4911 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4912 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4915 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4916 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4919 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4922 bfd_boolean
*defined
= NULL
;
4923 bfd_boolean
*included
= NULL
;
4927 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4928 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4929 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4931 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4933 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4934 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4940 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4941 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4942 second and subsequent passes. */
4943 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4947 amt
*= sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
4948 defined
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4949 included
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4950 if (defined
== NULL
|| included
== NULL
)
4953 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4954 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4955 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
4968 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
4969 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4973 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
4976 if (defined
[i
] || included
[i
])
4978 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
4984 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
4985 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
4991 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4993 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
4994 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
4995 only want to include it however, if this archive element
4996 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
4999 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5000 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5001 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5002 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5003 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5005 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5008 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5010 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5015 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5016 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5017 if (element
== NULL
)
5020 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5023 /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
5024 already--it should be impossible, but there may be
5025 something wrong with the archive. */
5026 if (element
->archive_pass
!= 0)
5028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5031 element
->archive_pass
= 1;
5033 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5035 if (! (*info
->callbacks
->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
,
5038 if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5041 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5042 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5043 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5044 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5045 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5046 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5047 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5048 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5051 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5052 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5056 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5061 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5063 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5064 on through the loop. */
5065 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5076 if (defined
!= NULL
)
5078 if (included
!= NULL
)
5083 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5087 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5089 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5092 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5094 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5101 struct hash_codes_info
5103 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5107 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5108 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5111 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5113 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= data
;
5119 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5120 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5122 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5123 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5126 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5127 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5130 alc
= bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5136 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5137 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5141 /* Compute the hash value. */
5142 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5144 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5145 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5147 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5149 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5157 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5160 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5161 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5162 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5163 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5164 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5165 unsigned long int *indx
;
5166 unsigned long int *counts
;
5169 long int min_dynindx
;
5170 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5171 unsigned long int symindx
;
5172 long int local_indx
;
5173 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5174 unsigned long int mask
;
5178 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5179 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5182 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5184 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= data
;
5190 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5191 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5193 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5194 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5197 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5198 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5201 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5202 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5205 alc
= bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5211 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5212 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5216 /* Compute the hash value. */
5217 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5219 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5220 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5221 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5222 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5224 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5225 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5233 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5234 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5237 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5239 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= data
;
5240 unsigned long int bucket
;
5241 unsigned long int val
;
5243 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5244 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5246 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5247 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5250 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5251 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5253 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5254 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5258 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5259 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5260 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5261 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5263 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5264 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5265 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5266 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5268 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5269 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5270 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5271 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5275 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5278 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5280 return !(h
->forced_local
5281 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5282 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5283 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5284 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5285 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5288 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5289 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5290 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5291 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5292 than 32771 buckets. */
5294 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5296 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5300 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5301 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5302 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5303 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5304 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5305 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5306 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5307 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5309 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5310 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5311 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5314 size_t best_size
= 0;
5315 unsigned long int i
;
5317 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5318 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5319 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5320 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5325 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5326 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5327 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5328 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5329 unsigned long int *counts
;
5332 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5333 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5335 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5338 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5343 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5347 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5348 since the size could be large. */
5350 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5351 counts
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
5355 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5356 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5358 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5360 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5361 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5362 unsigned long int j
;
5363 unsigned long int fact
;
5365 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5368 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5370 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5371 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5372 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5374 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5375 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5376 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5377 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5378 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5379 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5380 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5383 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5385 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5388 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5389 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5390 over a few long chains). */
5391 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5392 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5394 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5395 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5398 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5399 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5400 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5401 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5402 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5404 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5405 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5406 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5410 /* Compare with current best results. */
5411 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5421 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5423 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5424 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5425 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5426 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5428 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5429 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5432 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5439 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5440 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5441 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5442 addresses of the various sections. */
5445 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5448 const char *filter_shlib
,
5449 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5450 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5451 asection
**sinterpptr
,
5452 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
)
5454 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5456 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5457 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5461 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5463 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5466 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5467 if (info
->execstack
)
5468 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5469 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5470 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
;
5474 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5477 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5479 inputobj
= inputobj
->link_next
)
5483 if (inputobj
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5485 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5488 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5492 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5497 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5498 if (exec
&& info
->relocatable
5499 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5500 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5504 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5505 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5506 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5507 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5508 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5509 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5511 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5512 we're dynamic or not. */
5513 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5514 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5517 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5520 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5522 /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to
5527 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5529 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5530 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5532 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5533 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5535 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5537 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5538 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5542 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5544 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5545 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5551 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5553 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5560 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5562 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5563 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RPATH
, indx
))
5566 if (info
->new_dtags
)
5568 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, indx
);
5569 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RUNPATH
, indx
))
5574 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5578 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5579 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5580 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5581 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5585 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5587 const char * const *p
;
5589 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5593 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5595 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5596 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5602 eif
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
5605 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5606 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5607 if (info
->export_dynamic
5608 || (info
->executable
&& info
->dynamic
))
5610 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5611 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5617 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5618 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5619 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5620 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5622 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5623 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5625 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5628 namelen
= strlen (name
);
5630 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5631 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5633 newname
= bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5634 if (newname
== NULL
)
5636 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
5638 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5639 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5641 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5642 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5643 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5646 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5647 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5649 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5651 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5652 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5653 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5658 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5659 not defined in a shared object. */
5661 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5662 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5663 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5667 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5668 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5669 asvinfo
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
5670 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5672 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5673 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5678 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5680 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5682 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5683 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5684 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5686 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5687 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5688 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5689 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5694 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5699 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5700 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5701 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5702 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5707 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5708 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5709 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5711 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5712 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5713 h
= (info
->init_function
5714 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5715 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5722 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5725 h
= (info
->fini_function
5726 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5727 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5734 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5738 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5739 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5741 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5742 if (! info
->executable
)
5747 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5748 sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5749 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5750 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5751 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5752 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5754 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5755 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5760 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5764 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5765 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5768 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5769 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5771 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5772 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5775 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5776 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5778 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5779 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5783 dynstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5784 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5785 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5786 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5787 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5788 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5790 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5792 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5793 if ((info
->emit_hash
5794 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5795 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5796 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5797 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5798 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5799 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5800 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5801 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5806 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5808 if (bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
5809 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5812 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5814 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5817 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5818 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5819 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5821 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5822 just linking a regular application. */
5823 verdefs
= asvinfo
.verdefs
;
5825 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5826 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5827 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5829 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5830 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5835 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5837 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5838 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5839 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5840 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5846 /* Make space for the base version. */
5847 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5848 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5851 /* Make space for the default version. */
5852 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5854 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5858 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5860 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5862 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5863 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5866 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5867 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5871 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5872 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5875 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
5879 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5880 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
5883 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5885 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5886 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5890 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5891 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5892 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5895 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5897 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5899 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
5900 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
5907 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
5908 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5909 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5911 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5913 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
5915 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5917 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5918 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5919 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5920 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5922 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5924 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5925 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5927 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5929 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5932 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5933 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
5935 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5938 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
5939 aux block, but different flags. */
5942 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5944 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5945 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5948 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5949 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5950 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5952 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5953 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5954 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5956 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5959 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5962 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5965 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5967 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5968 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5970 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5972 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5975 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5976 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
5978 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5981 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5983 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
5984 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
5986 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
5987 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
5988 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
5989 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
5990 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5992 if (t
->next
!= NULL
)
5993 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5994 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5996 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5997 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5998 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6000 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6001 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6003 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6004 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6005 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6006 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6008 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6009 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6010 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6012 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6014 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6016 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6018 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6022 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6023 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6026 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6027 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6029 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6031 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6032 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6033 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6037 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6038 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6041 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6044 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6046 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6049 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6051 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6057 if (info
->executable
)
6058 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6061 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6065 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6067 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6068 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6070 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6073 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6074 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6076 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6078 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6079 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6084 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6085 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6088 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6093 /* Build the version definition section. */
6096 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6100 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6102 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6104 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6105 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6109 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6110 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6114 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6119 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6123 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6126 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6128 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6129 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6130 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6131 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6133 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6136 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6137 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6140 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6141 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6143 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6144 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6145 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6147 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6149 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6150 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6151 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6152 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6155 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6158 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6160 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6161 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6162 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6166 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6167 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6170 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6174 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6175 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6176 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6177 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6179 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6180 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6186 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6187 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6189 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6193 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6194 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6195 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6197 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6202 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6203 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6205 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6209 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6210 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6211 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6212 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6213 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6215 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6219 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6220 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6221 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6222 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6224 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6228 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6229 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6230 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6234 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6236 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6238 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6241 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6242 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6244 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6248 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6249 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6250 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6252 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6254 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6255 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6256 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6257 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6259 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6260 §ion_sym_count
);
6262 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6263 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6264 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6265 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
6266 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6268 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6269 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6270 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6273 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6277 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6278 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6279 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6280 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6281 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6282 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6283 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
6284 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6285 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6287 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
6289 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6290 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6293 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
6294 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6295 ++section_sym_count
;
6296 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6299 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6301 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6302 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6303 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6305 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6306 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6308 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6310 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6312 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6313 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6315 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6316 hashcodes
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
6317 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6319 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6320 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6322 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6323 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6324 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6331 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6333 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6336 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6339 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6341 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
6342 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6343 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6344 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6345 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6346 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6349 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6350 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6351 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6354 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6357 unsigned char *contents
;
6358 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6362 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6364 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6365 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6367 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6368 cinfo
.hashcodes
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
6369 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6372 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6373 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6374 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6377 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6378 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6379 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6382 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6387 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6389 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6391 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6395 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6396 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6398 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6400 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6401 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6402 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6403 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6404 contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6405 if (contents
== NULL
)
6407 s
->contents
= contents
;
6408 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6409 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6410 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6411 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6412 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6413 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6414 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6415 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6416 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6417 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6418 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6419 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6420 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6424 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
;
6425 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6427 maskbitslog2
= bfd_log2 (cinfo
.nsyms
) + 1;
6428 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6430 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6431 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6433 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6434 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6436 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6442 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6443 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6444 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6445 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6446 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6447 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6448 cinfo
.bitmask
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
6449 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6451 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6455 cinfo
.counts
= (void *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6456 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6457 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6458 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6460 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6461 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6462 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6463 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6465 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6466 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6468 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6469 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6471 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6472 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6473 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6475 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6476 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6477 contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6478 if (contents
== NULL
)
6480 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6481 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6485 s
->contents
= contents
;
6486 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6487 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6488 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6489 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6490 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6492 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6494 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6495 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6497 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6501 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6503 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6504 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6505 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6507 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6508 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6510 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6512 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6515 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6516 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6520 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6521 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6523 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6525 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6527 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6528 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6535 /* Indicate that we are only retrieving symbol values from this
6539 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6541 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6542 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
6543 _bfd_generic_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
6546 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6549 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6552 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6553 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6556 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6559 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6564 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6567 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
6568 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
6569 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6570 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6571 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6573 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6575 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6576 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
6577 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6578 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6580 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6581 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6584 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6585 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6586 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6590 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6592 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6593 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6594 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6597 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6601 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6606 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6607 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6610 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6611 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6613 /* Set local fields. */
6616 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6617 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6618 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6619 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6620 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6621 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6622 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6623 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
6630 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
6631 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
6634 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6635 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
6636 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
6638 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6640 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
6641 symbol which just became indirect. */
6643 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
6644 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
6645 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
6646 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
6647 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
6648 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
6650 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6653 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
6654 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
6655 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6656 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
6658 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
6659 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
6660 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
6661 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
6664 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
6666 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
6667 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
6668 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
6669 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
6672 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
6674 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
6675 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
6676 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
6677 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
6679 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
6684 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6685 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6686 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6688 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
6689 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6691 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6696 h
->forced_local
= 1;
6697 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6700 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6706 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
6709 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
6710 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
6712 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
6713 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
6715 unsigned int entsize
)
6718 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
6720 memset (table
, 0, sizeof * table
);
6721 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6722 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6723 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6724 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6725 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
6726 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
6728 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
6729 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
6734 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
6736 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
6737 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
6739 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
6740 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
6742 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
6746 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
6747 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
6756 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
6757 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
6758 entry for a dynamic object. */
6761 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
6763 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6764 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6765 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
6769 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
6772 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6773 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6774 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
6781 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
6783 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6784 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6785 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
6788 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
6789 the linker ELF emulation code. */
6791 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6792 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6793 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6795 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6797 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
6800 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
6801 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
6803 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6804 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6805 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6807 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6809 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
6812 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
6813 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
6814 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
6817 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
6819 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6820 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6821 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
6825 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
6826 the ELF linker emulation code. */
6829 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
6830 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
6833 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
6834 unsigned int elfsec
;
6835 unsigned long shlink
;
6836 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
6838 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
6842 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6843 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
6846 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6847 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
6850 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
6853 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
6854 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
6857 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
6859 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
6860 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
6863 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
6864 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
6866 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6868 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
6870 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
6873 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
6876 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
6877 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
6880 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
6885 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
6906 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
6908 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
6909 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
6910 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
6913 struct elf_symbuf_head
6915 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
6916 bfd_size_type count
;
6917 unsigned int st_shndx
;
6924 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6925 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
6930 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
6933 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
6935 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
6936 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
6938 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
6942 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
6944 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
6945 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
6946 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
6949 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
6950 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
6952 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
6953 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
6954 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
6955 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
6957 indbuf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
6961 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
6962 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
6963 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
6966 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
6967 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
6970 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
6971 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
6972 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
6975 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
6976 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
6977 ssymbuf
= bfd_malloc (total_size
);
6978 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
6984 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
6985 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
6986 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
6987 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
6988 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
6990 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
6993 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
6994 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
6995 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
6997 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
6998 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
6999 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7002 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7003 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7010 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7014 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7015 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7018 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7020 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
7021 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7022 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7023 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7024 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7025 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
7026 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7032 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7033 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7034 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7037 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7040 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7041 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7042 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7045 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7046 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7047 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7048 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7049 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7050 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7052 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7058 ssymbuf1
= elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7059 ssymbuf2
= elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7061 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7063 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7065 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7068 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7069 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7070 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7073 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7075 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7077 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7080 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7081 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7082 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7085 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7087 /* Optimized faster version. */
7088 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
7089 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7090 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7093 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7098 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7099 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7101 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7105 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7112 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7117 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7118 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7120 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7124 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7130 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7133 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7134 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7135 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7139 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7140 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7142 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7143 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7149 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7150 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7152 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7153 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7158 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7159 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7160 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7161 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7162 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7164 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7165 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7166 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7167 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7168 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7175 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7176 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7177 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7180 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7182 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7183 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7184 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7187 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7188 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7189 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7191 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7194 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7196 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7197 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7199 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7201 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7202 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7204 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7205 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7206 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7207 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7208 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7210 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7211 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7212 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7213 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7214 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7232 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7235 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7236 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7240 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7241 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7244 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7247 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7249 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7251 struct elf_final_link_info
7253 /* General link information. */
7254 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7257 /* Symbol string table. */
7258 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7259 /* .dynsym section. */
7260 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
7261 /* .hash section. */
7263 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7264 asection
*symver_sec
;
7265 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7267 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7268 void *external_relocs
;
7269 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7270 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7271 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7273 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7274 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7275 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7276 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7278 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7279 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7280 of any input BFD. */
7282 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7283 symbol of any input BFD. */
7284 asection
**sections
;
7285 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
7287 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
7288 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7289 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
7290 size_t symbuf_count
;
7291 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
7293 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
7294 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
7297 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7299 struct elf_outext_info
7302 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7303 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
;
7307 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7309 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7310 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7311 relocations themselves.
7313 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7314 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7315 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7316 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7318 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7319 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7320 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7321 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7324 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7325 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7328 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7329 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7333 <binary-operator> := as in C
7334 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7337 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7343 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7344 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7345 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7347 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7349 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7351 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7352 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7354 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7355 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7356 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7357 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7360 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7364 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7365 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7367 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7368 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7369 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7370 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7371 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7372 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7373 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7374 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7378 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7380 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
7382 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7386 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7387 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7388 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7391 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7393 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7397 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7400 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7401 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7404 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7405 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7407 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7409 asection
*sec
= finfo
->sections
[i
];
7411 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7412 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7414 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7415 (unsigned long) *result
);
7421 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7422 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7423 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7427 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7428 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7430 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7431 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7432 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7434 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7435 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7444 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7451 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7452 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7454 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7458 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7459 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7461 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7462 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7465 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7467 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7469 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
;
7473 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7481 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7483 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7488 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7491 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
7493 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7502 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7504 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7509 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7511 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7524 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7528 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7531 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7532 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7534 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7536 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7540 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7541 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7542 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7544 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7545 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7546 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7547 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7549 if (symbol_is_section
)
7551 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, finfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
)
7552 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, finfo
, result
,
7553 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7555 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7561 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, finfo
, result
,
7562 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7563 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, finfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7566 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7573 /* All that remains are operators. */
7575 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7576 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7578 sym += strlen (#op); \
7582 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, finfo, dot, \
7583 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7586 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7592 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7593 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7595 sym += strlen (#op); \
7599 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, finfo, dot, \
7600 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7603 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, finfo, dot, \
7604 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7607 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
7637 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
7638 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7644 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
7645 unsigned long chunksz
,
7650 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
7652 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
, x
>>= (chunksz
* 8))
7660 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7663 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7666 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7670 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7680 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
7681 unsigned long chunksz
,
7687 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
7695 x
= (x
<< (8 * chunksz
)) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
7698 x
= (x
<< (8 * chunksz
)) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
7701 x
= (x
<< (8 * chunksz
)) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
7705 x
= (x
<< (8 * chunksz
)) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
7716 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
7717 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
7718 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
7719 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
7720 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
7721 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
7722 unsigned long *signed_p
,
7723 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
7724 unsigned long encoded
)
7726 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
7727 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
7728 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
7729 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
7730 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
7731 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
7732 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
7733 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
7736 bfd_reloc_status_type
7737 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
7738 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7740 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7743 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
7744 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
7745 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7747 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
7748 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
7749 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
7750 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
7751 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
7753 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
7754 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
7755 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
7757 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
7760 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
7762 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
7764 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7767 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
7768 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
7769 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
7770 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
7771 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
7772 oplen
, x
, mask
, relocation
);
7777 /* Now do an overflow check. */
7778 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
7779 ? complain_overflow_signed
7780 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
7781 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
7785 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
7788 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
7789 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
7790 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
7791 " result: %8.8lx\n",
7792 relocation
, (mask
<< shift
),
7793 ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), x
);
7795 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7799 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
7800 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
7801 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations in
7802 REL_HDR (there are COUNT of them), using the data in REL_HASH. */
7805 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
7806 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
7808 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
)
7811 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7813 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
7814 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
7815 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
7818 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
7820 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
7821 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
7823 else if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
7825 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
7826 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
7831 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
7834 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
7841 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
7845 erela
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
7846 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
7848 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
7851 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
7854 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
7856 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
7857 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
7858 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
7859 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
7860 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
7864 struct elf_link_sort_rela
7870 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
7871 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
7872 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
7876 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
7878 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
7879 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
7880 int relativea
, relativeb
;
7882 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
7883 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
7885 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
7887 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
7889 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
7891 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
7893 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
7895 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
7901 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
7903 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
7904 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
7907 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
7909 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
7911 copya
= (a
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (a
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
7912 copyb
= (b
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (b
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
7917 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
7919 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
7925 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
7927 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
7930 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
7931 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
7932 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
7933 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
7934 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7935 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7936 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
7937 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
7938 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
7940 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
7942 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
7943 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
7944 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
7945 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
7946 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
7948 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
7950 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
7951 It's initialization checking code is not perfect. */
7954 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
7955 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
7956 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
7957 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
7959 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7961 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
7963 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
7964 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
7965 It is of no help to us. */
7969 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
7970 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
7973 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
7974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7980 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
7984 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
7986 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
7987 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
7990 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
7991 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7997 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8002 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8004 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8005 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8010 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8011 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8013 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8015 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8017 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8018 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8019 It is of no help to us. */
8023 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8024 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8027 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8034 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8038 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8040 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8041 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8044 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8045 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8051 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8056 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8058 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8059 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8064 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8068 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8070 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8077 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8078 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8079 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8080 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8084 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8085 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8086 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8087 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8091 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8092 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8093 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8095 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8098 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8099 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8101 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8104 sort
= bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8108 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8109 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8113 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8114 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8116 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8118 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8119 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8121 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8122 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8124 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8126 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8127 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8128 relocs in this case. */
8133 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8134 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8136 while (erel
< erelend
)
8138 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8140 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8141 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (s
->rela
);
8142 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8148 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8150 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8152 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8153 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8159 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8160 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8162 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8163 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8165 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8168 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8170 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8171 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8173 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8174 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8177 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8178 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8179 while (erel
< erelend
)
8181 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8182 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8189 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8193 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
8196 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
8197 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
8199 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
8201 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8205 hdr
= &elf_tdata (finfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8206 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8207 amt
= finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8208 if (bfd_seek (finfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8209 || bfd_bwrite (finfo
->symbuf
, amt
, finfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
8212 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8213 finfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
8219 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
8222 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
8224 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8225 asection
*input_sec
,
8226 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8229 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
8230 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8231 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8232 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8233 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8235 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
8236 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8237 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8239 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (finfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8244 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
8245 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8246 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8247 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8250 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo
->symstrtab
,
8252 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8256 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
>= finfo
->symbuf_size
)
8258 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo
, bed
))
8262 dest
= finfo
->symbuf
+ finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8263 destshndx
= finfo
->symshndxbuf
;
8264 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
8266 if (bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) >= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
8270 amt
= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8271 destshndx
= bfd_realloc (destshndx
, amt
* 2);
8272 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
8274 finfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
;
8275 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
8276 finfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
8278 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
8281 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
8282 finfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
8283 bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8288 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8291 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8293 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8294 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
8296 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
8298 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8299 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
8300 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
8301 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8307 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
8308 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
8309 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
8310 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
8311 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
8314 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8315 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8316 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8319 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
8321 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8324 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8330 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8331 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8332 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
8333 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8334 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
8338 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8339 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8340 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8343 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8344 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
8347 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
8349 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
8351 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
8354 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8355 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8356 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8357 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
8358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
8359 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8360 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8361 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8362 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
8363 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
8365 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
8367 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
8369 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8370 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
8373 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8375 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8376 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
8378 extsymcount
= symcount
;
8383 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
8384 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
8387 if (extsymcount
== 0)
8390 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
8392 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8395 /* Read in any version definitions. */
8396 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
8397 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
8398 if (extversym
== NULL
)
8401 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8402 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
8403 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
8411 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
8412 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
8413 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
8416 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
8417 unsigned short version_index
;
8419 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
8420 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8423 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
8426 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
8429 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
8431 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
8433 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
8434 have provided a definition for the undefined sym. */
8438 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
8439 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
8441 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
8455 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
8456 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
8457 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
8458 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
8459 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
8463 elf_link_output_extsym (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
8465 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= data
;
8466 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
= eoinfo
->finfo
;
8468 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8469 asection
*input_sec
;
8470 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8474 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8476 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8477 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8481 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
8482 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
8484 if (!h
->forced_local
)
8489 if (h
->forced_local
)
8493 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
8495 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8497 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
8498 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
8499 references in regular files have already been handled). */
8500 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
8502 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
8503 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
8504 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
8505 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
8507 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
8508 if (ignore_undef
== FALSE
8511 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
8512 && finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
8514 if (! (finfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
8515 (finfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
8516 NULL
, 0, finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)))
8518 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8524 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
8525 shared libraries. */
8526 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
8527 && (! finfo
->info
->shared
)
8532 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
8534 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8535 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO"),
8537 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
8538 ? finfo
->output_bfd
: h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
,
8539 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
8541 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
8542 ? "hidden" : "local",
8543 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8544 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8548 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
8549 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
8550 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
8554 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
8556 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8560 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
8562 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
8563 && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
8564 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
8566 else if (finfo
->info
->strip_discarded
8567 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8568 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8569 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
8574 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
8575 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol. */
8578 && !h
->forced_local
)
8582 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
8583 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
8584 if (h
->forced_local
)
8585 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
8586 else if (h
->unique_global
)
8587 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, h
->type
);
8588 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8589 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8590 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
8592 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
8594 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8597 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8598 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8602 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8603 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8604 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8605 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8608 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8609 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8611 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8612 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8615 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo
->output_bfd
,
8616 input_sec
->output_section
);
8617 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8619 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8620 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
8621 finfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
8622 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8626 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
8627 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
8629 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
8630 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
8632 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8633 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
8635 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
8636 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8637 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
8640 /* The TLS section may have been garbage collected. */
8641 BFD_ASSERT (finfo
->info
->gc_sections
8642 && !input_sec
->gc_mark
);
8649 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
8650 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
8651 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8652 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8657 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8658 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
8659 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
8660 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
8663 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8664 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
8665 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
8666 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
8667 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
8668 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
8669 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
8673 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
8674 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
8675 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
8676 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
8677 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
8678 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
8680 && !finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
8681 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
8683 && ((finfo
->info
->shared
8684 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
8685 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8686 || !h
->forced_local
)
8687 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
8689 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
8690 (finfo
->output_bfd
, finfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
8692 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8697 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
8698 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
8699 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
8700 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
8701 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
8702 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
8703 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
8705 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
8706 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
8709 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
8711 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
8712 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8715 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
8716 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
8718 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
8719 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
8722 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
8723 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
8724 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
8725 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
8726 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
8731 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
8732 locally, it is a fatal error. */
8733 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
8734 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8735 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
8736 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8739 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8740 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' isn't defined"),
8742 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
8744 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
8745 ? "internal" : "hidden",
8746 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8747 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8751 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
8752 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
8753 the entry in the .hash section. */
8754 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8755 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8759 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
8760 esym
= finfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8761 if (! check_dynsym (finfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
8763 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8766 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
8768 if (finfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
8770 size_t hash_entry_size
;
8771 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
8776 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
8777 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
8780 = elf_section_data (finfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8781 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
8782 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
8783 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
8784 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
, bucketpos
);
8785 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
8786 ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
8787 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
8790 if (finfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
8792 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
8793 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
8795 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8797 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
8798 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
8800 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
8804 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
8805 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
8807 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
8808 if (finfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
8813 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
8815 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
8816 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
8817 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
8821 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
8822 there's nothing else to do. */
8823 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8826 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
8827 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
);
8830 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8835 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
8841 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
8842 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
8845 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
8847 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8849 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8851 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8852 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8858 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
8859 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
8860 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
8866 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
8867 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
8868 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
8869 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
8870 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
8871 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
8872 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
8873 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
8876 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
8878 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
8881 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
8884 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
8887 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
8890 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
8893 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
8894 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8896 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
8897 asection
*s
= first
;
8901 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
8904 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
8912 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
8913 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
8917 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8921 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
8924 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
8925 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
8927 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
8928 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
8930 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
8935 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
8936 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
8937 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
8938 don't have to keep them in memory. */
8941 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
8943 int (*relocate_section
)
8944 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
8945 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
8947 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8950 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8951 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8952 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8954 asection
**ppsection
;
8956 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8957 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8959 output_bfd
= finfo
->output_bfd
;
8960 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
8961 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
8963 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
8964 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
8966 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
8969 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8970 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
8972 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8977 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8978 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8981 /* Read the local symbols. */
8982 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8983 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
8985 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
8986 finfo
->internal_syms
,
8987 finfo
->external_syms
,
8988 finfo
->locsym_shndx
);
8989 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8993 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
8994 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
8995 going into the output file. */
8996 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
8997 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= finfo
->indices
, ppsection
= finfo
->sections
;
8999 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9003 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9009 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9011 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9018 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9019 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9020 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9021 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9022 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9023 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9026 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9029 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9030 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9034 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9035 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9037 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9038 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9044 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
9045 if (ppsection
== finfo
->sections
)
9048 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9050 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9051 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9056 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9058 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9061 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9062 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9063 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9064 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9066 if (finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9069 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9070 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9071 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9072 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9073 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9074 isec
->output_section
))
9077 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9078 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9083 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9084 if ((finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9085 && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9087 || (((finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9088 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && ! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9089 || finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9090 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9095 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9096 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9097 isec
->output_section
);
9098 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9101 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9102 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9103 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9104 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9105 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
9106 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
9107 these requirements. */
9108 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
9109 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9111 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
9112 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9114 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
9115 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
9116 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
9120 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9121 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
9128 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
9129 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9130 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9134 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
9136 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
9140 if (finfo
->info
->relocatable
9141 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
9143 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
9144 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
9145 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
9146 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
9148 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
9149 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9150 && finfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
9152 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
9153 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9154 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9155 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9156 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
9158 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
9160 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9162 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
9163 asection
*sec
= finfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9164 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
9168 if (finfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
9170 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
9171 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
9172 asection
*sec
= finfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9177 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
9178 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9183 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9185 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9188 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
9190 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9191 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &sym
, o
, NULL
);
9195 finfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
9199 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
9200 = finfo
->indices
[symndx
];
9204 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9205 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
9208 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
9210 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
9215 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
9216 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
9217 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
9218 the routines which work on output files. */
9219 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
9220 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
9223 bfd_size_type amt
= o
->rawsize
? o
->rawsize
: o
->size
;
9225 contents
= finfo
->contents
;
9226 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, contents
, 0, amt
))
9230 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
9232 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9233 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9234 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9236 int action_discarded
;
9239 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
9241 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, finfo
->external_relocs
,
9242 finfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
9243 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9244 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
9247 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9254 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9258 action_discarded
= -1;
9259 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
9260 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
9262 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
9263 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
9264 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
9265 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
9266 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
9268 rel
= internal_relocs
;
9269 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9270 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9272 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9273 unsigned int s_type
;
9274 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
9275 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
9276 const char *sym_name
;
9278 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9281 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9282 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9283 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9285 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9287 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
9288 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
9289 we do not seg fault. */
9294 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
9295 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9296 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
9297 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
9298 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
9299 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9303 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9304 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9305 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9310 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9311 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9312 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9314 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9318 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
9320 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
9321 ps
= &finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9322 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9326 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
9327 && !finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9330 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
9331 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
9333 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
9334 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
9335 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
, rel
- internal_relocs
);
9336 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
9337 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
9338 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
9339 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
9340 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
9342 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, finfo
, dot
,
9343 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
9346 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
9347 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
9352 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
9354 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
9355 discarded section. */
9356 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
9358 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
9359 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
9360 (*finfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
9361 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
9362 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
9363 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
9365 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
9366 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
9367 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
9368 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
9369 symbol here means we will be changing all later
9370 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
9371 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
9375 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
9387 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
9389 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
9390 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
9391 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
9392 reloc addend as necessary.
9394 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
9395 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
9397 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
9398 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
9399 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
9401 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
9402 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
9403 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
9404 corresponding to the output section, which will require
9405 the addend to be adjusted. */
9407 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
9408 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
9416 || finfo
->info
->relocatable
9417 || finfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
9419 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
9420 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
9421 bfd_vma last_offset
;
9422 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
9423 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
;
9424 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rel_hdr2
;
9425 unsigned int next_erel
;
9426 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
9428 input_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
9429 rela_normal
= (bed
->rela_normal
9430 && (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
9431 == bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
9433 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
9435 irela
= internal_relocs
;
9436 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9437 rel_hash
= (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_hashes
9438 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count
9439 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count2
);
9440 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9441 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
9442 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9443 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9444 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
9446 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9448 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9450 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9456 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
9459 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
9461 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
9462 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
9463 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
9464 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
9466 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
9468 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
9472 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
9474 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
9475 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9476 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9478 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
9480 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9481 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9484 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9485 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9486 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9488 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
9491 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
9492 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
9493 we do not know the symbol index of any global
9494 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
9495 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
9496 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
9497 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
9498 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
9499 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
9500 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9501 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9502 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9504 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
9505 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
9507 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
9515 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
9518 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
9519 sec
= finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9520 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9522 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
9523 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
9524 processor specific section. */
9526 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
9528 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
9530 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9535 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
9537 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
9538 section will be the absolute section. In
9539 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
9540 the kept section. relocate_section should
9541 have already handled discarded linkonce
9543 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
9544 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
9545 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9547 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
9548 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
9551 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
9553 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
9556 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9559 htab
= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
);
9560 oi
= htab
->text_index_section
;
9561 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
9562 && htab
->data_index_section
!= NULL
)
9563 oi
= htab
->data_index_section
;
9567 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
- oi
->vma
;
9568 r_symndx
= oi
->target_index
;
9572 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
9576 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
9577 section winds up in the output section. */
9579 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
9583 if (finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
9585 unsigned long shlink
;
9590 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9592 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
9593 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9597 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
9598 since it is needed by a reloc, we
9599 must output it now. */
9600 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
9601 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
9602 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
9606 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
9608 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9610 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9613 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
9614 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9616 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
9617 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9619 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
9621 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
9623 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
9628 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9629 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
9634 finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
9639 r_symndx
= finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
9642 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
9643 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
9646 /* Swap out the relocs. */
9647 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
9648 && !bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
9654 input_rel_hdr2
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
;
9655 if (input_rel_hdr2
&& input_rel_hdr2
->sh_size
!= 0)
9657 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
9658 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9659 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
9660 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
9669 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
9670 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
9671 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
, o
,
9674 /* Section written out. */
9676 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
9678 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9679 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
9681 &elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
9682 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
9685 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
9686 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
9687 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
9690 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9692 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
9699 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
9700 && ! (o
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
)
9701 && ! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, o
->output_section
,
9703 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
9714 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
9715 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
9716 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
9720 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9721 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9722 asection
*output_section
,
9723 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
9725 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9729 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
9730 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9731 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9732 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
9736 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
9739 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9743 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
9745 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
9746 rel_hash_ptr
= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hashes
9747 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
9748 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
);
9749 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
9751 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
9752 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
9753 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
9757 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9759 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
9760 actually against the section. */
9761 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
9762 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
9763 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
9764 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
9766 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9767 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9771 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9772 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
9773 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
9774 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
9775 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
9776 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
9777 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
9781 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
9782 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
9789 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
9790 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
9796 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
9798 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
9801 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
9804 const char *sym_name
;
9806 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
9807 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (size
);
9810 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
9817 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9820 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9821 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
9822 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
9823 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
9825 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
9826 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9827 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
9828 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
9835 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
9836 link_order
->offset
, size
);
9842 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
9843 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
9845 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
9846 if (! info
->relocatable
)
9847 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
9849 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
9851 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
9853 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
9855 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9856 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
9858 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
9860 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
9861 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
9862 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
9864 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
9865 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
9866 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
9870 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
9871 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
9872 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
9873 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
9876 ++elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
9882 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
9885 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
9887 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
9891 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9892 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
9893 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
9894 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
9896 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
9897 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
9898 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
9899 where elfsec is 0. */
9902 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
9903 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
9904 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
9905 bed
->link_order_error_handler
9906 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
9911 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
9912 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9917 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
9918 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
9921 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
9926 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
9927 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
9934 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
9935 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
9936 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
9937 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
9940 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
9945 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
9947 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9949 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
9950 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
9954 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
9957 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9959 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9961 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9963 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
9964 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
9965 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
9966 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
9967 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
9968 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
9982 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
9984 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
9985 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
9987 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
9990 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
9992 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9997 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10000 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10001 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10002 if (sections
== NULL
)
10004 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10006 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10008 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10010 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10011 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10012 compare_link_order
);
10014 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
10016 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
10018 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
10019 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
10020 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
10021 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
10022 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
10030 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
10033 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10035 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
10036 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
10038 struct elf_final_link_info finfo
;
10039 register asection
*o
;
10040 register struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10042 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
10043 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
10044 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
10045 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
10046 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
10048 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
10050 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10051 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
10053 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10054 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
10055 bfd_boolean merged
;
10056 size_t relativecount
= 0;
10057 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
10059 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
10060 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
10061 const char *std_attrs_section
;
10063 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10067 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
10069 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
10070 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10072 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
10073 || info
->emitrelocations
);
10076 finfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
10077 finfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
10078 if (finfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
10083 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
10084 finfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
10085 finfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
10089 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
10090 finfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
10091 BFD_ASSERT (finfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
);
10092 finfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
10093 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
10096 finfo
.contents
= NULL
;
10097 finfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
10098 finfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
10099 finfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
10100 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
10101 finfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
10102 finfo
.indices
= NULL
;
10103 finfo
.sections
= NULL
;
10104 finfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
10105 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
10106 finfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
10107 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
10109 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
10110 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
10112 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
10113 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10115 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
10116 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
10118 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10120 asection
*input_section
;
10122 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10124 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10125 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10126 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10127 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10130 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
10133 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
10135 /* Skip this section later on. */
10136 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10139 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10143 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
10144 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
10145 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
10146 max_contents_size
= 0;
10147 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
10148 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
10150 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
10152 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10154 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10155 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10157 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10159 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
10160 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
10161 unsigned int *rel_count1
;
10163 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10164 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10166 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10170 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10171 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10173 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
10174 link. This will normally be every section. We need
10175 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
10176 the linker has decided to not include. */
10177 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
10179 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10182 if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
10183 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10184 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
10185 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
10187 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
10188 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
10189 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
10190 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
10192 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
10194 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10195 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
10199 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
10200 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
10201 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10203 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
10205 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
10206 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
10208 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
10209 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
10210 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
10212 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10216 ext_size
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel_hdr
.sh_size
;
10217 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
10218 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
10219 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
10220 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10225 if (reloc_count
== 0)
10228 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
10230 /* MIPS may have a mix of REL and RELA relocs on sections.
10231 To support this curious ABI we keep reloc counts in
10232 elf_section_data too. We must be careful to add the
10233 relocations from the input section to the right output
10234 count. FIXME: Get rid of one count. We have
10235 o->reloc_count == esdo->rel_count + esdo->rel_count2. */
10236 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
10239 bfd_boolean same_size
;
10240 bfd_size_type entsize1
;
10242 entsize1
= esdi
->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10243 /* PR 9827: If the header size has not been set yet then
10244 assume that it will match the output section's reloc type. */
10246 entsize1
= o
->use_rela_p
? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10248 BFD_ASSERT (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
10249 || entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
10250 same_size
= !o
->use_rela_p
== (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
10253 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
10255 if (esdi
->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
10257 bfd_size_type entsize2
= esdi
->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
;
10258 unsigned int alt_count
;
10259 unsigned int *rel_count2
;
10261 BFD_ASSERT (entsize2
!= entsize1
10262 && (entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
10263 || entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
10265 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
10267 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
10269 /* The following is probably too simplistic if the
10270 backend counts output relocs unusually. */
10271 BFD_ASSERT (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
== NULL
);
10272 alt_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel_hdr2
);
10273 *rel_count2
+= alt_count
;
10274 reloc_count
-= alt_count
;
10277 *rel_count1
+= reloc_count
;
10280 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10281 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10284 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
10285 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
10286 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
10287 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
10290 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
10291 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
10292 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
10293 sections are handled correctly. */
10294 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
10295 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
10299 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
10300 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
10301 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
10303 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
10304 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
10305 to create a symbol table. */
10306 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
10307 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10308 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
10311 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
10312 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10314 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10316 if (!(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
10317 (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
, o
)))
10320 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
10321 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
10322 (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
, o
)))
10326 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
10327 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
10328 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
= 0;
10329 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
= 0;
10332 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
10334 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
10335 .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
10336 file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
10337 section in memory. */
10338 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
10339 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10340 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
10341 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
10342 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
10343 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10344 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
10345 /* sh_info is set below. */
10346 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10347 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
10349 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
10350 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10352 /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
10353 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
10354 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
10356 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
10357 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
10358 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
10359 finfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
10361 finfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
10362 amt
= finfo
.symbuf_size
;
10363 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10364 finfo
.symbuf
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10365 if (finfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
10367 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
10369 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
10370 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
10371 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
10372 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10373 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
10374 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
10378 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
10380 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10383 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10384 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10385 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
10386 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10387 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10388 if (elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
10393 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
10394 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
10395 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
10396 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
10397 outputting relocs. */
10398 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10401 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10402 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10403 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10404 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10405 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10407 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
10410 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10411 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
10412 if (!info
->relocatable
)
10413 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
10414 if (elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
) != 1)
10420 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
10422 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
10424 finfo
.contents
= bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
10425 if (finfo
.contents
== NULL
)
10429 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
10431 finfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
10432 if (finfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
10436 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
10438 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10439 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
10440 finfo
.internal_relocs
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10441 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
10445 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
10447 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10448 finfo
.external_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10449 if (finfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
10452 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
10453 finfo
.internal_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10454 if (finfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
10457 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
10458 finfo
.indices
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10459 if (finfo
.indices
== NULL
)
10462 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
10463 finfo
.sections
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10464 if (finfo
.sections
== NULL
)
10468 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
10470 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10471 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10472 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
10476 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
10478 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
10481 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
10482 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
10485 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
10488 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10490 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
10492 size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
10494 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
10496 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10497 end
= align_power (end
, elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
10498 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
10501 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
10502 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10504 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
10508 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
10509 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
10510 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
10511 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
10512 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
10514 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
10515 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
10516 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
10517 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
10518 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
10519 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
10520 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
10521 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
10522 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
10523 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
10524 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
10525 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
10526 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
10528 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
10529 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
10530 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10532 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10534 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10535 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
10536 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10537 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
10539 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
10541 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo
, sub
))
10543 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
10546 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10547 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10549 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
10554 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
10560 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
10561 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
10563 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
10564 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10565 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
10567 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
10568 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
10572 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
10573 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
10574 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
10575 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
10576 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
10577 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
10578 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10579 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
10580 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
10581 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
10586 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
10587 table, do it now. */
10588 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
10590 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
10591 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
10592 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
10594 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
10595 (abfd
, info
, &finfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
10599 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
10600 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
10601 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
10602 converted to local in a version script. */
10604 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
10605 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10608 && finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10610 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10611 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= finfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
10612 long last_local
= 0;
10614 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
10615 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
10621 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10624 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10630 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
10633 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
10634 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
10635 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
10636 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
10638 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
10639 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10640 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
10641 last_local
= dynindx
;
10642 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
10646 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
10647 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
10649 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
10650 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
10655 sym
.st_size
= e
->isym
.st_size
;
10656 sym
.st_other
= e
->isym
.st_other
;
10658 /* Copy the internal symbol as is.
10659 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
10660 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
10663 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
10668 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
10669 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
10671 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
10673 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
10676 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
10677 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
10679 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10680 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
10684 elf_section_data (finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
10688 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
10689 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10690 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
10691 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
10692 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
10697 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
10698 table, do it now. */
10699 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
10701 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
10702 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
10703 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
10705 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
10706 (abfd
, info
, &finfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
10710 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
10711 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo
, bed
))
10714 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
10715 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
10717 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10718 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
10720 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
10721 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10722 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10723 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10724 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
10726 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
10729 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
10730 || (bfd_bwrite (finfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
10735 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
10737 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
10738 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
10739 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
10740 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
10741 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
10742 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo
.symstrtab
);
10743 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
10744 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
10745 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
10746 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10747 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
10749 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10750 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
10752 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
10754 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
10755 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, finfo
.symstrtab
))
10759 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
10760 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10762 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
10765 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
,
10766 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
,
10767 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
10768 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
10769 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
10770 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
,
10771 (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
10772 + elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
));
10774 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
10775 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
10776 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10779 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
10780 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
10782 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
10783 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
10786 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
10788 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
10789 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
10790 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
10792 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
10793 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
10794 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
10796 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10800 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
10807 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
10809 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
10811 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
10812 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
10815 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
10822 name
= info
->init_function
;
10825 name
= info
->fini_function
;
10828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10830 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
10831 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10833 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10834 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10836 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
10837 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10838 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10839 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
10840 + o
->output_offset
);
10843 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
10844 library and does not apply to this one. */
10845 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
10852 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
10853 name
= ".preinit_array";
10855 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
10856 name
= ".init_array";
10858 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
10859 name
= ".fini_array";
10861 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
10864 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10865 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
10869 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10870 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
10871 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
10874 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
10875 name
= ".preinit_array";
10877 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
10878 name
= ".init_array";
10880 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
10881 name
= ".fini_array";
10888 name
= ".gnu.hash";
10897 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
10900 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
10903 name
= ".gnu.version";
10905 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
10908 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10909 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
10912 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
10919 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
10923 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
10924 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
10925 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10927 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
10929 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
10930 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
10931 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
10933 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
10934 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
10937 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
10938 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
10939 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
10945 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
10949 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
10950 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
10952 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
10955 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
10956 if (info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
10958 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
10960 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
10961 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
10962 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
10964 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
10965 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
10966 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
10968 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10970 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
10972 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
10974 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10975 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
10981 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10983 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10985 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10987 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10989 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
10990 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
10993 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
10995 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
10997 if ((elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
10999 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), ".dynstr") != 0)
11001 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
11003 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
11009 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
11011 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
11012 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11013 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
11014 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
11020 if (info
->relocatable
)
11022 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
11024 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
11029 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
11030 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
11032 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
11036 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
)
11038 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
11042 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11043 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
11044 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
11045 free (finfo
.contents
);
11046 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11047 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
11048 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11049 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
11050 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
11051 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
11052 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11053 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
11054 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11055 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
11056 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
11057 free (finfo
.indices
);
11058 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
11059 free (finfo
.sections
);
11060 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
11061 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
11062 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11063 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
11064 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11066 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11067 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
11068 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
11071 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
= TRUE
;
11075 bfd_byte
*contents
= bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
11076 if (contents
== NULL
)
11077 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
11078 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
11079 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
11086 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11087 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
11088 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
11089 free (finfo
.contents
);
11090 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11091 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
11092 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11093 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
11094 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
11095 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
11096 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11097 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
11098 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11099 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
11100 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
11101 free (finfo
.indices
);
11102 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
11103 free (finfo
.sections
);
11104 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
11105 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
11106 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11107 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
11108 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11110 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11111 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
11112 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
11118 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
11121 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11122 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
11124 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11125 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11128 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11130 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
11131 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11132 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
11133 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
11135 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11136 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
11140 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11141 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11144 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11145 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
11147 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
11149 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11150 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
11152 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11153 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
11155 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
11157 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
11160 if (info
->keep_memory
)
11161 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
11166 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
11169 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
11171 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11173 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11174 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
11175 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
11176 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
11179 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
11180 of input bfd ABFD. */
11183 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11184 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
11187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11189 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11191 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
11192 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
11196 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11198 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
11199 info
->keep_memory
);
11200 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
11202 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11203 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
11204 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11206 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11210 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
11214 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11217 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
11218 free (cookie
->rels
);
11221 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
11224 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11225 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11228 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
11230 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
11235 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11240 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
11244 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11247 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
11248 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11251 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
11253 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
11256 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11257 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11258 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11259 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11260 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11264 switch (h
->root
.type
)
11266 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11267 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11268 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11270 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11271 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
11278 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
11283 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11284 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
11285 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
11288 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
11289 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11290 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11292 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11293 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11295 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
11299 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
11300 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
11302 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
11303 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11304 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11305 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11306 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
11309 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
11310 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
11313 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11314 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
11315 the relocation symbol. */
11318 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11320 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11321 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11325 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
);
11326 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
11328 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11330 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11336 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
11337 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
11338 which define symbols to which it refers. */
11341 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11343 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
11346 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
11350 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
11351 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
11352 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
11353 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11356 /* Look through the section relocs. */
11358 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
11359 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11360 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
11361 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
11363 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11365 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11369 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
11370 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11375 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11379 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
11381 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11383 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
11387 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
11388 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11390 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
11397 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
11399 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
11401 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11402 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
11407 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
11409 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11410 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11412 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11413 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11414 && !h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
11415 && !(h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
))
11417 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
= data
;
11418 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
11424 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
11426 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
11427 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
11430 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11433 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11434 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
11435 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
11436 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
11438 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
11442 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11445 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11447 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
11448 sections in the section group. If the first member of
11449 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
11451 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
11453 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
11454 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
11456 else if ((o
->flags
& (SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != 0
11457 || (o
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
11459 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
11466 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
11467 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
11470 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
11471 to remove a section from the output. */
11472 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11474 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
11475 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
11477 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
11478 info we collected before. */
11480 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11481 && o
->reloc_count
> 0
11482 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11484 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
11488 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11489 info
->keep_memory
);
11490 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11493 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
11495 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
11496 free (internal_relocs
);
11504 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
11505 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
11506 static symbol table as well? */
11507 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
11508 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
11509 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
11512 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
11516 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
11517 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
11520 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
11522 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11523 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11525 /* Those that are not vtables. */
11526 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
11529 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
11530 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
11533 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
11534 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
11537 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
11538 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
11540 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
11542 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
11544 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
11545 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
11550 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
11552 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
11553 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
11555 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
11558 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11559 unsigned int log_file_align
;
11561 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
11562 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11563 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
11578 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
11581 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
11582 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
11583 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11584 unsigned int log_file_align
;
11586 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11587 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11589 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
11590 well as those that are not loaded. */
11591 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
11594 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11595 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11597 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11598 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11599 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
11601 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
11603 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
11604 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
11605 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11607 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
11609 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
11610 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
11612 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
11613 if (h
->vtable
->used
11614 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
11616 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
11617 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
11620 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
11621 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
11627 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
11628 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
11632 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
11634 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
11636 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11637 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11639 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11640 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11642 || (!info
->executable
11644 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
11645 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
)))
11646 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11651 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
11652 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
11655 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11657 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
11659 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
11661 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11663 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
11664 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11667 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11668 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11669 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
11670 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11674 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
11677 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11679 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
11681 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
11682 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11684 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
11685 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
11687 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
11691 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
11693 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
11694 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
11695 _bfd_elf_begin_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
11696 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
11699 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11701 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
11702 if (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11704 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
11705 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
)
11706 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
11707 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11710 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
11712 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
11713 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
11714 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
,
11719 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
11720 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
11721 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
,
11726 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
11727 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11728 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
11729 bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
,
11732 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
11733 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
11734 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
11738 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11741 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11742 if ((o
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_KEEP
)) == SEC_KEEP
&& !o
->gc_mark
)
11743 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
11747 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
11748 if (bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections
)
11749 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
11751 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
11752 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
11755 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
11758 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
11760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11763 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
11764 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
11765 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
11766 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11768 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
11769 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
11771 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11772 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
11773 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11775 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11776 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
11778 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
11779 offset as the relocation. */
11780 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
11782 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
11783 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11784 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11785 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
11786 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
11790 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
11791 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
11792 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11796 if (!child
->vtable
)
11798 child
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
11799 if (!child
->vtable
)
11804 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
11805 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
11806 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
11807 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
11809 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
11812 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
11817 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
11820 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11821 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11822 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11825 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11826 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11830 h
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
11835 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
11837 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
11838 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
11840 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
11842 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
11843 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
11844 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
11848 if (addend
>= size
)
11850 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
11851 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
11852 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
11855 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
11857 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
11858 consolidation pass. */
11859 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
11863 ptr
= bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
11869 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
11870 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
11871 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
11875 ptr
= bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
11880 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
11881 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
11882 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
11885 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
11890 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
11892 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11895 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
11896 to real got offsets. */
11899 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
11901 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= arg
;
11902 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
11903 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
11905 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11906 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11908 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
11910 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
11911 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
11914 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
11919 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
11920 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
11923 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
11924 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11927 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11929 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
11931 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
11933 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
11936 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
11937 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
11938 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
11941 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
11943 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
11944 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
11946 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
11947 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
11948 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11950 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11953 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
11957 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
11958 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
11959 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11961 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11963 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
11965 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
11967 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
11968 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
11971 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
11975 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
11976 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
11977 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
11978 gofarg
.info
= info
;
11979 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
11980 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
11985 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
11986 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
11989 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11991 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
11994 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
11995 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
11999 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
12001 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= cookie
;
12003 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12004 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
12006 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
12008 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12010 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12011 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
12013 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
12016 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12017 if (r_symndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
12020 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
12021 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12023 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12025 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
12027 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12028 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12029 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12031 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12032 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12033 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12040 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
12041 but it could be a relocation against a local
12042 symbol for a discarded section. */
12044 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12046 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
12047 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
12048 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12049 if (isec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (isec
))
12057 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
12058 Returns TRUE if any section's size was changed. */
12059 /* This function assumes that the relocations are in sorted order,
12060 which is true for all known assemblers. */
12063 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12065 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12066 asection
*stab
, *eh
;
12067 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12069 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12071 if (info
->traditional_format
12072 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12075 _bfd_elf_begin_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12076 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
12078 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12081 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12083 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12087 if (!info
->relocatable
)
12089 eh
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".eh_frame");
12092 || bfd_is_abs_section (eh
->output_section
)))
12096 stab
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stab");
12098 && (stab
->size
== 0
12099 || bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
)
12100 || stab
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
))
12105 && bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
== NULL
)
12108 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
12112 && stab
->reloc_count
> 0
12113 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, abfd
, stab
))
12115 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, stab
,
12116 elf_section_data (stab
)->sec_info
,
12117 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12120 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, stab
);
12124 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, abfd
, eh
))
12126 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
, &cookie
);
12127 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
,
12128 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12131 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, eh
);
12134 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
12135 && (*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
12138 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
12140 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12142 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
12143 && !info
->relocatable
12144 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
12150 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, return the group signature. For other
12151 sections, return the normal section name. */
12153 static const char *
12154 section_signature (asection
*sec
)
12156 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12157 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
12158 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
12159 return elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
12164 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
12165 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12168 const char *name
, *p
;
12169 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
12170 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
12172 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12175 flags
= sec
->flags
;
12177 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
12178 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
12179 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
12182 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
12183 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
12184 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
12187 /* FIXME: When doing a relocatable link, we may have trouble
12188 copying relocations in other sections that refer to local symbols
12189 in the section being discarded. Those relocations will have to
12190 be converted somehow; as of this writing I'm not sure that any of
12191 the backends handle that correctly.
12193 It is tempting to instead not discard link once sections when
12194 doing a relocatable link (technically, they should be discarded
12195 whenever we are building constructors). However, that fails,
12196 because the linker winds up combining all the link once sections
12197 into a single large link once section, which defeats the purpose
12198 of having link once sections in the first place.
12200 Also, not merging link once sections in a relocatable link
12201 causes trouble for MIPS ELF, which relies on link once semantics
12202 to handle the .reginfo section correctly. */
12204 name
= section_signature (sec
);
12206 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
12207 && (p
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
12212 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (p
);
12214 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12216 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
12217 sections and linkonce sections. Match like sections. */
12218 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12219 && strcmp (name
, section_signature (l
->sec
)) == 0
12220 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
)
12222 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
12223 issue a warning. */
12224 switch (flags
& SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
)
12229 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
:
12232 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY
:
12233 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12234 (_("%B: ignoring duplicate section `%A'"),
12238 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
:
12239 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
12240 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12241 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size"),
12245 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS
:
12246 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
12247 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12248 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size"),
12250 else if (sec
->size
!= 0)
12252 bfd_byte
*sec_contents
, *l_sec_contents
;
12254 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &sec_contents
))
12255 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12256 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'"),
12258 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
,
12260 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12261 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'"),
12262 l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
);
12263 else if (memcmp (sec_contents
, l_sec_contents
, sec
->size
) != 0)
12264 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12265 (_("%B: warning: duplicate section `%A' has different contents"),
12269 free (sec_contents
);
12270 if (l_sec_contents
)
12271 free (l_sec_contents
);
12276 /* Set the output_section field so that lang_add_section
12277 does not create a lang_input_section structure for this
12278 section. Since there might be a symbol in the section
12279 being discarded, we must retain a pointer to the section
12280 which we are really going to use. */
12281 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12282 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12284 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12286 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12287 asection
*s
= first
;
12291 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12292 /* Record which group discards it. */
12293 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12294 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
12295 /* These lists are circular. */
12305 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
12306 linkonce section and vice versa. */
12308 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12310 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12312 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
12313 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
12314 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12315 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
12316 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
12317 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
12319 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12320 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12321 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12326 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
12327 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12328 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12330 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
12333 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
12334 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
12336 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12337 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
12342 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
12343 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
12344 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
12345 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
12346 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
12347 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
12348 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
12349 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
12350 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
12351 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
12352 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
12354 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
12355 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12356 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
12357 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
12359 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
12360 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12364 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
12365 if (! bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
12366 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
12370 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12372 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
12376 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12382 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12384 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12388 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
12389 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12391 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12392 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12394 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12395 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12398 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
12400 /* Return true if NAME is a name of a relocation
12401 section associated with section S. */
12404 is_reloc_section (bfd_boolean rela
, const char * name
, asection
* s
)
12407 return CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rela")
12408 && strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, s
), name
+ 5) == 0;
12410 return CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel")
12411 && strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, s
), name
+ 4) == 0;
12414 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
12416 static const char *
12417 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
12419 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12422 unsigned int strndx
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
12423 unsigned int shnam
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel_hdr
.sh_name
;
12425 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, strndx
, shnam
);
12429 if (! is_reloc_section (is_rela
, name
, sec
))
12431 static bfd_boolean complained
= FALSE
;
12435 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
12436 (_("%B: bad relocation section name `%s\'"), abfd
, name
);
12445 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
12446 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
12447 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
12451 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12453 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12455 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
12457 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12459 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
12463 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12465 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
12466 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
12473 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
12474 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
12475 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
12478 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
12479 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
12480 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
12481 string table associated with ABFD. */
12484 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
* sec
,
12486 unsigned int alignment
,
12488 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12490 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
12492 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12494 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
12499 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
12501 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12505 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
12506 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
12507 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
12509 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
12510 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
12512 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
12517 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;